1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
173 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
174 must be kept around forever. */
175 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
177 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
178 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
179 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
182 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
183 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
184 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
185 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
186 define type declaration DIE's. */
187 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
189 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
190 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
191 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
195 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
196 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
198 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
199 Information instructions. The register number, offset
200 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
201 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
203 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
205 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
211 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
213 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
215 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
216 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
220 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
222 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
223 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
224 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
226 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
231 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
232 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
233 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
234 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
235 of this structure. */
236 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
239 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
240 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
241 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
244 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
245 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
246 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
247 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
248 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
250 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
253 const char *dw_fde_begin;
254 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
255 const char *dw_fde_end;
256 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
257 unsigned funcdef_number;
258 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
259 unsigned nothrow : 1;
260 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
264 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
265 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
267 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
268 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
269 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
270 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
272 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
273 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
276 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
277 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
278 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
281 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
282 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
285 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
286 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
287 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
290 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
291 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
293 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
294 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
297 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
299 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
300 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
301 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
303 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
304 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
305 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
306 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
308 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
312 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
313 information for each routine. */
314 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
316 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
317 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
319 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
320 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
322 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
324 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
326 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
327 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
329 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
330 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
331 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
332 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
333 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
334 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
337 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
340 unsigned int refcount;
345 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
347 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
348 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
350 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
352 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
354 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
355 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
356 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
357 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
358 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
359 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
360 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
361 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
362 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
363 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
364 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
365 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
366 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
367 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
368 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
369 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
371 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
372 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
373 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
374 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
375 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
377 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
379 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
380 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
381 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
384 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
385 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
386 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
388 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
389 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
392 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
393 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
396 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
397 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
400 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
401 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
403 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
404 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
405 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
406 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
407 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
408 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
409 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
410 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
411 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
412 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
414 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
415 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
417 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
421 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
425 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
426 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
427 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
428 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
431 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
432 for the current function. */
433 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
434 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
437 /* Hook used by __throw. */
440 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
442 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
445 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
446 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
449 stripattributes (const char *s)
451 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
456 while (*s && *s != ',')
463 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
466 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
469 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
470 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
471 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
472 bool wrote_return_column = false;
474 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
477 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
478 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
481 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
482 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
483 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
485 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
487 wrote_return_column = true;
489 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
493 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
496 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
497 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
498 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
499 wrote_return_column = false;
501 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
504 if (! wrote_return_column)
506 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
507 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
508 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
509 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
513 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
516 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
523 return "DW_CFA_offset";
525 return "DW_CFA_restore";
529 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
532 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
533 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
535 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
536 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
537 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
538 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
539 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
540 case DW_CFA_undefined:
541 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
542 case DW_CFA_same_value:
543 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
544 case DW_CFA_register:
545 return "DW_CFA_register";
546 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
547 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
548 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
549 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
560 case DW_CFA_expression:
561 return "DW_CFA_expression";
562 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
563 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
565 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
566 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
567 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
569 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
570 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
571 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
574 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
575 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
576 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
577 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
578 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
579 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
582 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
586 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
588 static inline dw_cfi_ref
591 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
593 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
594 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
595 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
600 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
603 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
607 /* Find the end of the chain. */
608 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
614 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
617 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
619 static char label[20];
621 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
622 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
626 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
627 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
630 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
634 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
637 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
639 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
640 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
644 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
646 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
648 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
649 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
650 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
653 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
657 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
660 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
663 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
665 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
667 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
668 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
671 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
674 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
675 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
677 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
678 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
685 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
688 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
692 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
695 loc->base_offset = 0;
697 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
698 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
700 if (fde_table_in_use)
702 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
703 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
704 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
708 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
711 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
713 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
715 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
716 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
718 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
719 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
721 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
722 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
723 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
726 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
733 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
736 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
737 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
740 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
743 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
748 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
749 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
751 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
752 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
754 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
755 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
756 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
757 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
762 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
764 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
765 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
767 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
768 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
771 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
772 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
775 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
776 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
777 offset has not changed. */
778 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
779 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
783 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
785 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
786 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
787 the specified offset. */
788 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
790 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
794 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
795 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
796 register-offset pair is available. */
797 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
800 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
801 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
804 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
807 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
808 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
809 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
810 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
813 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
819 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
822 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
824 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
826 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
828 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
830 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
831 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
832 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
834 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
839 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
843 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
845 else if (sreg == reg)
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
849 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
850 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
853 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
856 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
857 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
858 from the previous frame's window save area.
860 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
861 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
864 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
866 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
868 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
869 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
872 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
873 pushed onto the stack. */
876 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
880 if (size == old_args_size)
883 old_args_size = size;
886 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
887 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
888 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
891 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
892 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
895 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
897 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
900 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
901 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
904 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
906 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
909 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
910 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
913 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
915 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
918 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
919 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
922 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
924 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
925 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
927 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
930 /* RA is in a register. */
931 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
935 /* RA is on the stack. */
937 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
940 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
945 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
946 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
950 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
951 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
973 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
982 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
983 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
987 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code = GET_CODE (src);
991 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
992 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
996 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1000 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1004 code = GET_CODE (src);
1010 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1012 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1015 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1068 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1069 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1071 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1073 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1074 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1076 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1077 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1078 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1079 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1080 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1085 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1087 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1088 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1091 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1093 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1094 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1095 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1096 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1097 offset = -args_size;
1102 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1103 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1104 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1105 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1107 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1109 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1110 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1111 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1119 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1120 cfa.offset += offset;
1122 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1126 args_size += offset;
1130 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1131 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1132 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1133 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1138 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1139 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1140 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1142 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1144 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1146 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1150 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1152 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1153 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1158 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1159 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1160 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1161 more efficient data structure. */
1162 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1163 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1165 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1166 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1168 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1169 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1172 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1176 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1177 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1179 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1180 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1185 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1186 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1187 queued_reg_saves = q;
1191 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1192 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1194 last_reg_save_label = label;
1197 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1200 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1202 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1204 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1207 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1209 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1210 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1212 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1214 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1215 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1217 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1219 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1220 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1223 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1225 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1227 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1228 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1231 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1232 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1235 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1236 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1237 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1238 have a new location for? */
1241 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1243 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1245 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1248 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1250 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1251 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1252 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1259 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1262 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1264 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1266 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1268 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1269 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1272 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1273 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1274 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1275 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1281 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1282 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1283 value, not an offset. */
1284 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1286 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1287 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1288 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1289 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1291 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1292 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1293 users need not read the source code.
1295 The High-Level Picture
1297 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1298 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1299 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1300 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1301 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1303 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1304 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1305 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1306 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1307 saves. This also seems to work.
1309 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1310 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1311 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1312 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1313 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1314 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1315 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1316 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1317 value as in the caller.
1319 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1320 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1321 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1322 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1324 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1327 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1329 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1330 consists of a register and an offset.
1331 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1332 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1333 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1334 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1335 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1336 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1337 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1339 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1340 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1341 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1344 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1345 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1346 and cfa_temp.offset.
1348 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1351 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1352 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1353 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1357 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1358 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1361 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1362 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1363 cfa.offset unchanged
1364 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1365 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1368 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1369 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1370 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1371 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1372 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1373 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1376 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1377 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1378 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1381 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1382 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1384 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1385 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1386 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1389 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1390 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1392 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1393 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1396 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1397 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1398 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1401 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1402 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1403 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1406 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1410 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1411 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1412 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1415 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1416 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1417 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1419 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1422 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1423 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1424 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1426 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1429 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1432 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1433 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1436 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1437 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1441 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1442 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1444 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1447 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1448 Â effects: target-dependent */
1451 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1454 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1456 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1457 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1458 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1459 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1460 flag is set in them. */
1461 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1464 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1466 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1467 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1468 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1470 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1475 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1477 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1478 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1480 if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
1482 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1487 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1490 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1492 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1494 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1497 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1498 relative to the current CFA register.
1500 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1501 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1502 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1503 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1504 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1505 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1506 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1510 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1511 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1512 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1513 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1514 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1515 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1516 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1523 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1527 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1530 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1533 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1535 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1541 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1543 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1544 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1545 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1547 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1548 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1551 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1553 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1555 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1556 cfa.offset += offset;
1557 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1558 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1560 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1563 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1564 or adjusting the FP */
1565 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1567 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1568 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1569 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1570 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1571 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1573 cfa.offset += offset;
1574 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1578 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1581 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1582 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1583 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1585 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1586 into the FP later on. */
1587 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1588 cfa.offset += offset;
1589 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1590 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1591 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1592 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1596 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1597 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1598 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1600 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1601 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1602 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1603 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1604 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1608 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1609 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1611 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1612 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1621 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1622 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1627 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1628 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1629 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1631 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1632 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1633 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1636 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1637 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1644 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1645 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1646 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1653 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1657 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1659 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1661 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1666 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1667 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1669 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1671 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1672 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1674 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1675 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1676 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1678 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1684 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1685 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1688 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1689 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1691 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1692 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1693 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1695 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1699 /* With an offset. */
1706 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1707 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1708 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1711 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1713 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1714 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1717 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1718 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1724 /* Without an offset. */
1727 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1729 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1730 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1733 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1734 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1741 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1742 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1743 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1744 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1751 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1752 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1753 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1755 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1757 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1759 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1760 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1762 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1763 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1768 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1769 calculate the CFA. */
1770 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1774 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1776 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1777 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1779 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1784 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1785 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1793 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1794 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1795 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1797 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1798 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1801 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1806 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1810 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1811 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1813 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1816 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1818 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1821 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1823 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1825 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1826 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1828 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1832 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1833 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1835 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1837 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1838 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1842 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1843 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1845 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1847 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1854 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1855 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1856 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1858 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1859 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1864 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1865 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1867 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1868 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1869 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1870 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1871 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1872 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1875 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1876 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1877 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1878 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1879 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1880 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1881 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1883 case DW_CFA_register:
1884 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1886 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1887 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1888 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1889 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1892 case DW_CFA_expression:
1893 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1900 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1901 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1902 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1904 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1905 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1909 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1910 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1912 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1913 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1914 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1916 case DW_CFA_register:
1917 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1924 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1926 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1927 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1928 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1929 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1930 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1933 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1936 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1939 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1941 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1942 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1943 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1944 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1946 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1948 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1949 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1951 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1953 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1955 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1960 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1962 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1964 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1966 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1967 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1968 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1971 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1972 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1975 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1976 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1977 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1978 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1981 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1982 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1983 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1984 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1987 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1988 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1989 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1990 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1993 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1994 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1995 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1996 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1999 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2000 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2001 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2003 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2006 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2007 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2008 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2010 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2013 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2014 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2015 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2016 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2017 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2021 case DW_CFA_register:
2022 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2024 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2028 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2029 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2033 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2034 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2037 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2040 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2041 case DW_CFA_expression:
2042 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2045 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2046 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2055 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2056 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2057 location of saved registers. */
2060 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2065 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2066 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2067 char augmentation[6];
2068 int augmentation_size;
2069 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2070 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2071 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2073 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2074 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2077 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2078 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2079 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2080 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2081 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2082 specialization doesn't. */
2083 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2084 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2086 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2087 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2088 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2089 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2090 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2091 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2093 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2094 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2095 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2096 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2099 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2101 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2102 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2103 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2104 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2105 any_eh_needed = true;
2106 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2107 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2108 any_eh_needed = true;
2110 if (! any_eh_needed)
2114 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2119 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2121 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2123 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2124 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2126 /* Output the CIE. */
2127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2129 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2130 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2131 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2133 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2134 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2135 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2136 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2137 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2139 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2141 augmentation[0] = 0;
2142 augmentation_size = 0;
2148 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2149 augmentation section.
2150 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2151 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2152 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2154 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2155 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2157 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2158 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2159 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2161 p = augmentation + 1;
2162 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2165 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2167 if (any_lsda_needed)
2170 augmentation_size += 1;
2172 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2175 augmentation_size += 1;
2177 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2179 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2183 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2184 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2186 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2188 + 1 /* CIE version */
2189 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2190 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2191 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2193 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2194 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2195 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2197 augmentation_size += pad;
2199 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2200 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2201 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2205 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2206 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2208 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2210 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2211 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2213 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2215 if (augmentation[0])
2217 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2218 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2220 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2221 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2222 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2223 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2226 if (any_lsda_needed)
2227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2228 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2230 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2232 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2235 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2236 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2238 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2239 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2240 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2241 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2243 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2244 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2246 fde = &fde_table[i];
2248 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2249 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2250 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2251 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2252 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2255 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2256 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2258 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2259 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2261 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2264 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2266 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2271 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2272 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2273 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2275 "FDE initial location");
2276 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2277 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2278 "FDE address range");
2282 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2283 "FDE initial location");
2284 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2285 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2286 "FDE address range");
2289 if (augmentation[0])
2291 if (any_lsda_needed)
2293 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2295 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2297 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2298 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2299 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2300 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2301 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2304 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2307 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2309 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2311 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2312 fde->funcdef_number);
2313 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2314 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2315 "Language Specific Data Area");
2319 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2320 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2322 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2323 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2327 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2330 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2332 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2333 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2334 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2336 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2337 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2338 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2339 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2342 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2343 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2344 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2345 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2346 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2347 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2350 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2355 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2359 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2360 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2362 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2366 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2368 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2369 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2370 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2372 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2373 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2376 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2380 function_section (current_function_decl);
2381 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2382 current_function_funcdef_no);
2383 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2384 current_function_funcdef_no);
2385 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2386 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2388 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2389 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2390 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2394 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2395 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2397 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2398 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2399 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2400 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2401 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2404 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2405 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2407 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2408 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2409 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2410 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2411 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2412 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2413 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2414 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2415 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2416 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2417 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2419 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2421 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2422 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2423 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2425 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2429 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2430 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2434 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2435 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2438 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2440 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2442 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2443 current_function_funcdef_no);
2444 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2445 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2446 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2450 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2452 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2453 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2454 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2455 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2457 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2458 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2460 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2461 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2462 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2463 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2468 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2470 /* Output call frame information. */
2471 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2472 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2473 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2474 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2477 output_call_frame_info (0);
2479 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2480 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2481 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2482 output_call_frame_info (1);
2487 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2488 for emitting location expressions. */
2490 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2491 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2492 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2495 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2496 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2497 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2498 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2500 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2501 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2502 implementation are listed below. */
2507 dw_val_class_offset,
2509 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2510 dw_val_class_range_list,
2512 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2513 dw_val_class_long_long,
2516 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2517 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2518 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2519 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2523 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2524 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2526 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2533 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2535 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2537 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2543 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2544 represented internally. */
2546 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2548 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2549 union dw_val_struct_union
2551 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2552 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2553 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2554 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2555 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2556 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2557 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2558 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2559 struct dw_val_die_union
2563 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2564 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2565 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2566 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2567 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2569 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2573 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2576 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2578 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2579 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2580 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2581 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2586 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2587 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2588 their entire life. */
2589 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2591 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2592 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2593 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2594 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2595 Only on head of list */
2596 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2597 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2600 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2602 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2603 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2604 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2605 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2606 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2607 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2608 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2609 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2611 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2614 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2619 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2620 return "DW_OP_addr";
2622 return "DW_OP_deref";
2624 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2626 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2628 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2630 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2632 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2634 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2636 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2638 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2640 return "DW_OP_constu";
2642 return "DW_OP_consts";
2646 return "DW_OP_drop";
2648 return "DW_OP_over";
2650 return "DW_OP_pick";
2652 return "DW_OP_swap";
2656 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2664 return "DW_OP_minus";
2676 return "DW_OP_plus";
2677 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2678 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2684 return "DW_OP_shra";
2702 return "DW_OP_skip";
2704 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2706 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2708 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2710 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2712 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2714 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2716 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2718 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2720 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2722 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2724 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2726 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2728 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2730 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2732 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2734 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2736 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2738 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2740 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2742 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2744 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2746 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2748 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2750 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2752 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2754 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2756 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2758 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2760 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2762 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2764 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2766 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2768 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2770 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2772 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2774 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2776 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2778 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2780 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2782 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2784 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2786 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2788 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2790 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2792 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2794 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2796 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2798 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2800 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2802 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2804 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2806 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2808 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2810 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2812 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2814 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2816 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2818 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2820 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2822 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2824 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2826 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2828 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2830 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2832 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2834 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2836 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2838 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2840 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2842 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2844 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2846 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2848 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2850 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2852 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2854 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2856 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2858 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2860 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2862 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2864 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2866 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2868 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2870 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2872 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2874 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2876 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2878 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2880 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2882 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2884 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2886 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2888 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2890 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2892 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2894 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2896 return "DW_OP_regx";
2898 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2900 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2902 return "DW_OP_piece";
2903 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2904 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2905 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2906 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2909 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2910 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2912 return "DW_OP_call2";
2914 return "DW_OP_call4";
2915 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2916 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2917 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2918 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2920 return "OP_<unknown>";
2924 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2925 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2926 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2928 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2929 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2930 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2932 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2934 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2935 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2936 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2937 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2938 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2944 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2947 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2949 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2951 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2952 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2958 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2960 static unsigned long
2961 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2963 unsigned long size = 1;
2965 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2968 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2969 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2988 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2991 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2996 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2997 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3035 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3038 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3041 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3044 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3045 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3048 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3050 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3051 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3060 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3061 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3070 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3072 static unsigned long
3073 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3077 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3079 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3080 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3086 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3089 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3091 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3092 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3094 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3096 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3098 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3102 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3106 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3110 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3118 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3119 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3121 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3134 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3135 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3136 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3137 only doing unwinding. */
3142 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3148 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3153 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3154 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3188 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3191 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3194 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3197 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3198 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3201 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3203 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3204 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3205 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3208 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3209 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3210 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3212 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3219 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3224 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3227 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3229 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3231 /* Output the opcode. */
3232 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3233 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3235 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3236 output_loc_operands (loc);
3240 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3241 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3244 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3246 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3249 /* Output the size of the block. */
3250 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3251 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3254 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3255 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3258 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3259 a dw_cfa_location. */
3261 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3262 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3266 gcc_assert (cfa->indirect);
3268 if (cfa->base_offset)
3271 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3273 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3275 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3276 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3278 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3280 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3281 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3282 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3283 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3285 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3286 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3293 descriptor sequence. */
3296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3403 /* .debug_str support. */
3404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3408 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3409 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3410 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3411 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3412 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3413 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3414 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3415 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3416 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3417 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3418 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3419 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3420 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3422 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3424 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3430 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3431 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3432 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3433 dwarf2out_end_block,
3434 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3435 dwarf2out_source_line,
3436 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3437 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3438 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3439 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3440 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3441 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3442 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3443 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3444 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3445 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3446 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3447 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3448 something tries to reference them. */
3449 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3450 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3451 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3452 dwarf2out_var_location,
3453 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3457 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3458 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3459 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3461 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3462 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3463 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3464 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3466 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3467 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3469 typedef long int dw_offset;
3471 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3473 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3474 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3475 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3476 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3477 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3479 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3480 line number associated with the label generated for that
3481 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3482 the line number entry. */
3484 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3486 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3487 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3491 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3493 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3495 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3496 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3497 unsigned long function;
3499 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3501 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3502 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3503 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3505 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3507 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3508 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3509 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3513 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3515 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3517 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3519 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3520 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3521 dw_die_ref die_child;
3523 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3524 dw_offset die_offset;
3525 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3527 unsigned int decl_id;
3531 /* The pubname structure */
3533 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3540 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3545 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3546 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3550 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3554 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3555 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3556 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3559 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3560 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3562 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3563 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3564 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3565 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3566 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3567 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3569 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3570 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3571 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3572 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3573 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3574 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3575 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3576 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3577 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3578 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3580 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3581 language, and compiler version. */
3583 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3584 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3585 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3587 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3588 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3590 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3591 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3592 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3593 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3594 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3596 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3597 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3598 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3599 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3600 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3601 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3603 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3604 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3605 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3606 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3608 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3612 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3613 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3614 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3616 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3617 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3619 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3620 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3622 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3623 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3624 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3625 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3626 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3628 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3629 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3630 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3631 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3634 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3635 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3637 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3638 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3640 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3641 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3642 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3643 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3645 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3646 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3647 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3649 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3650 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3652 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3653 const char * GTY (()) label;
3654 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3657 /* Variable location list. */
3658 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3660 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3662 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3663 it is marked through the chain. */
3664 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3666 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3667 unsigned int decl_id;
3669 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3672 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3673 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3675 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3676 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3677 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3678 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3679 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3681 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3682 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3684 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3685 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3687 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3688 abbrev_die_table. */
3689 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3691 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3692 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3693 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3694 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3696 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3697 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3699 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3700 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3702 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3703 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3704 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3705 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3707 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3708 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3710 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3711 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3713 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3715 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3717 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3718 accessible names. */
3719 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3721 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3722 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3724 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3725 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3727 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3729 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3731 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3732 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3734 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3735 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3737 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3738 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3740 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3742 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3744 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3745 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3747 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3748 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3750 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3751 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3753 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3755 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3757 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3758 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3760 /* Unique label counter. */
3761 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3763 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3764 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3765 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3767 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3768 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3771 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3772 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3774 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3775 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3777 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3779 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3781 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3782 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3783 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3784 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3785 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3786 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3788 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3790 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3791 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3792 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3793 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3794 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3795 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3796 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3797 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3798 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3799 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3800 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3801 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3803 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3804 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3805 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3806 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3807 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3808 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3809 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3810 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3811 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3812 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3813 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3814 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3815 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3816 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3817 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3818 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3820 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3821 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3822 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3823 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3824 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3825 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3826 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3827 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3829 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3830 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3831 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3832 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3833 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3834 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3835 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3836 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3837 static bool is_c_family (void);
3838 static bool is_cxx (void);
3839 static bool is_java (void);
3840 static bool is_fortran (void);
3841 static bool is_ada (void);
3842 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3843 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3844 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3845 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3846 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3847 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3848 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3849 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3850 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3851 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3852 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3853 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3854 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3855 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3856 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3857 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3858 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3859 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3860 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3861 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3862 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3863 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3864 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3865 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3866 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3867 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3868 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3869 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3870 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3871 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3872 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3873 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3874 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3875 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3876 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3877 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3878 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3879 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3880 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3881 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3882 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3883 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3884 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3885 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3886 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3887 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3888 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3889 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3890 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3891 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3892 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3893 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3894 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3895 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3896 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3897 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3898 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3899 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3900 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3901 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3902 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3903 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3904 static void output_pubnames (void);
3905 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3906 static void output_aranges (void);
3907 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3908 static void output_ranges (void);
3909 static void output_line_info (void);
3910 static void output_file_names (void);
3911 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3912 static tree root_type (tree);
3913 static int is_base_type (tree);
3914 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3915 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3916 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3917 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3918 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
3919 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3920 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3921 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3922 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3923 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT, bool);
3924 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3925 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, bool);
3926 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3927 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, bool);
3928 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
3929 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
3930 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3931 static tree field_type (tree);
3932 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3933 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3934 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3935 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3936 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3938 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3939 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3940 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3941 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3942 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
3943 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3944 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
3945 enum dwarf_attribute);
3946 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3947 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3948 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3949 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3950 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3951 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3952 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3953 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3954 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3955 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3956 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3957 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3958 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3959 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3960 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3961 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3962 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3963 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3964 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3965 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3966 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3967 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3969 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3971 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3973 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3975 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3976 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3977 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3978 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3979 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3980 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3981 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3982 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3983 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3984 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3985 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3986 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3987 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3988 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3989 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3990 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3991 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3992 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3993 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3994 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3995 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3996 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3997 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3998 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3999 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4000 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4001 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4002 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4003 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4004 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4005 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4006 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4007 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4008 static void init_file_table (void);
4009 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4010 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4011 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4012 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4013 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4014 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4015 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4016 const char *, const char *,
4018 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4019 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4021 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4022 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4023 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4024 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4025 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4026 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4027 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4029 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4030 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4031 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4033 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4034 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4036 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4037 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4039 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4040 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4042 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4043 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4045 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4046 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4048 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4049 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4051 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4052 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4054 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4055 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4058 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4059 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4060 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4063 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4064 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4065 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4066 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4069 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4070 the section names themselves. */
4072 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4073 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4075 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4076 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4078 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4079 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4081 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4082 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4084 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4085 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4087 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4088 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4090 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4091 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4094 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4095 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4096 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4097 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4098 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4100 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4101 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4102 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4103 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4104 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4105 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4106 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4107 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4109 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4110 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4112 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4113 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4115 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4116 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4118 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4119 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4121 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4122 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4125 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4126 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4128 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4131 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4133 demangle_name_func = func;
4136 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4139 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4141 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4142 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4143 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4146 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4150 type_main_variant (tree type)
4152 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4154 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4155 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4156 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4157 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4159 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4160 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4161 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4166 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4169 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4171 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4173 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4174 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4177 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4180 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4184 case DW_TAG_padding:
4185 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4186 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4187 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4188 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4189 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4190 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4191 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4192 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4193 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4194 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4195 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4196 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4197 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4199 return "DW_TAG_label";
4200 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4201 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4203 return "DW_TAG_member";
4204 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4205 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4206 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4207 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4208 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4209 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4210 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4211 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4212 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4213 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4214 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4215 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4216 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4217 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4218 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4219 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4220 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4221 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4222 case DW_TAG_variant:
4223 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4224 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4225 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4226 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4227 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4228 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4229 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4230 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4231 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4233 return "DW_TAG_module";
4234 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4235 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4236 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4237 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4238 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4239 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4240 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4241 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4242 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4243 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4244 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4245 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4246 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4247 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4248 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4249 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4250 case DW_TAG_constant:
4251 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4252 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4253 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4254 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4255 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4257 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4258 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4259 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4260 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4261 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4262 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4263 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4264 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4265 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4266 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4267 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4268 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4269 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4270 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4271 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4272 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4273 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4274 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4275 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4276 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4277 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4278 case DW_TAG_variable:
4279 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4280 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4281 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4282 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4283 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4284 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4285 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4286 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4287 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4288 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4289 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4290 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4291 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4292 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4293 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4294 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4295 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4297 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4301 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4304 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4309 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4310 case DW_AT_location:
4311 return "DW_AT_location";
4313 return "DW_AT_name";
4314 case DW_AT_ordering:
4315 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4316 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4317 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4318 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4319 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4320 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4321 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4322 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4323 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4324 case DW_AT_element_list:
4325 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4326 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4327 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4329 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4331 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4332 case DW_AT_language:
4333 return "DW_AT_language";
4335 return "DW_AT_member";
4337 return "DW_AT_discr";
4338 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4339 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4340 case DW_AT_visibility:
4341 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4343 return "DW_AT_import";
4344 case DW_AT_string_length:
4345 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4346 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4347 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4348 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4349 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4350 case DW_AT_const_value:
4351 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4352 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4353 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4354 case DW_AT_default_value:
4355 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4357 return "DW_AT_inline";
4358 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4359 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4360 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4361 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4362 case DW_AT_producer:
4363 return "DW_AT_producer";
4364 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4365 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4366 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4367 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4368 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4369 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4370 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4371 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4372 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4373 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4374 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4375 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4376 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4377 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4378 case DW_AT_address_class:
4379 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4380 case DW_AT_artificial:
4381 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4382 case DW_AT_base_types:
4383 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4384 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4385 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4387 return "DW_AT_count";
4388 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4389 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4390 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4391 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4392 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4393 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4394 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4395 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4396 case DW_AT_declaration:
4397 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4398 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4399 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4400 case DW_AT_encoding:
4401 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4402 case DW_AT_external:
4403 return "DW_AT_external";
4404 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4405 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4407 return "DW_AT_friend";
4408 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4409 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4410 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4411 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4412 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4413 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4414 case DW_AT_priority:
4415 return "DW_AT_priority";
4417 return "DW_AT_segment";
4418 case DW_AT_specification:
4419 return "DW_AT_specification";
4420 case DW_AT_static_link:
4421 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4423 return "DW_AT_type";
4424 case DW_AT_use_location:
4425 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4426 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4427 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4428 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4429 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4430 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4431 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4433 case DW_AT_allocated:
4434 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4435 case DW_AT_associated:
4436 return "DW_AT_associated";
4437 case DW_AT_data_location:
4438 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4440 return "DW_AT_stride";
4441 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4442 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4443 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4444 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4445 case DW_AT_extension:
4446 return "DW_AT_extension";
4448 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4449 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4450 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4451 case DW_AT_call_column:
4452 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4453 case DW_AT_call_file:
4454 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4455 case DW_AT_call_line:
4456 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4458 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4459 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4460 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4461 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4462 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4463 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4464 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4465 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4466 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4467 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4468 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4469 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4470 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4471 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4472 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4473 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4474 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4475 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4476 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4477 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4478 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4479 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4481 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4482 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4483 case DW_AT_src_info:
4484 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4485 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4486 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4487 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4488 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4489 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4490 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4491 case DW_AT_body_end:
4492 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4493 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4494 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4496 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4497 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4500 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4504 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4507 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4512 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4513 case DW_FORM_block2:
4514 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4515 case DW_FORM_block4:
4516 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4518 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4520 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4522 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4523 case DW_FORM_string:
4524 return "DW_FORM_string";
4526 return "DW_FORM_block";
4527 case DW_FORM_block1:
4528 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4530 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4532 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4534 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4536 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4538 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4539 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4540 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4542 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4544 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4546 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4548 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4549 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4550 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4551 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4552 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4554 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4558 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4562 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4566 case DW_ATE_address:
4567 return "DW_ATE_address";
4568 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4569 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4570 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4571 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4573 return "DW_ATE_float";
4575 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4576 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4577 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4578 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4579 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4580 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4581 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4583 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4588 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4589 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4590 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4591 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4595 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4597 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4598 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4599 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4600 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4603 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4604 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4605 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4607 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4610 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4611 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4612 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4613 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4617 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4619 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4621 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4622 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4623 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4624 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4627 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4632 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4636 ret_val = lookahead;
4637 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4638 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4640 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4642 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4643 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4644 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4645 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4646 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4647 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4648 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4649 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4655 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4656 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4660 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4662 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4664 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4665 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4667 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4668 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4670 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4671 context = NULL_TREE;
4676 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4677 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4680 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4682 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4684 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4685 die->die_attr = attr;
4689 static inline enum dw_val_class
4690 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4692 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4695 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4698 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4700 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4702 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4703 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4704 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4705 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4706 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4709 static inline unsigned
4710 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4712 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4713 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4716 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4719 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4721 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4723 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4724 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4725 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4726 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4727 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4730 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4731 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4733 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4734 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4737 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4740 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4741 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4743 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4745 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4746 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4747 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4748 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4749 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4752 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4753 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4755 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4756 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4759 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4762 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4763 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4765 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4767 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4768 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4769 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4770 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4771 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4772 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4775 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4778 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4779 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4781 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4783 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4784 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4785 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4786 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4787 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4788 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4789 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4792 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4795 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4797 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4801 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4803 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4804 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4807 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4810 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4812 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4813 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4816 if (! debug_str_hash)
4817 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4818 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4820 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4821 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4823 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4824 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4825 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4828 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4829 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4830 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4831 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4832 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4835 static inline const char *
4836 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4838 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4839 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4842 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4843 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4846 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4848 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4852 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4854 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4858 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4860 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4861 always better to put it inline. */
4862 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4863 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4865 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4866 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4868 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4869 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4870 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4872 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4873 ++dw2_string_counter;
4874 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4876 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4879 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4882 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4884 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4886 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4887 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4888 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4889 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4890 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4891 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4894 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4895 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4898 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4900 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4901 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4902 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4905 static inline dw_die_ref
4906 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4908 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4909 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4913 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4915 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4916 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4922 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4924 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4925 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4928 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4931 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4933 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4935 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4936 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4937 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4938 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4939 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4942 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4945 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4947 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4949 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4950 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4951 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4952 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4953 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4956 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4957 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4959 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4960 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4964 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4966 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4968 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4969 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4970 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4971 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4972 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4973 have_location_lists = 1;
4976 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4977 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4979 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4980 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4983 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4986 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4988 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4990 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4991 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4992 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4993 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4994 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4998 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5000 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5001 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5004 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5007 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5009 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5011 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5012 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5013 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5014 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5015 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5018 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5021 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5023 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5025 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5026 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5027 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5028 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5029 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5032 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5035 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5036 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5038 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5040 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5041 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5042 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5043 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5044 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5047 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5050 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5051 long unsigned int offset)
5053 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5055 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5056 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5057 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5058 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5059 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5062 static inline const char *
5063 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5065 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5066 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5067 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5070 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5073 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5076 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5080 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5081 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5083 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5084 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5088 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5094 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5095 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5096 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5098 static inline const char *
5099 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5101 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5103 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5106 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5107 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5108 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5110 static inline const char *
5111 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5113 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5115 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5118 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5119 NULL if it is not present. */
5121 static inline const char *
5122 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5124 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5126 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5129 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5130 if it is not present. */
5133 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5135 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5137 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5140 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5141 if it is not present. */
5143 static inline unsigned
5144 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5146 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5148 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5151 static inline dw_die_ref
5152 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5154 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5156 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5159 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5164 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5166 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5167 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5170 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5175 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5176 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5179 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5184 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5186 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5187 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5188 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5191 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5196 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5198 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5201 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5206 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5208 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5211 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5213 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5215 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5217 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5218 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5219 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5222 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5225 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5228 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5232 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5233 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5236 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5245 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5248 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5250 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5251 current = die->die_child;
5253 while (current != NULL)
5255 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5257 next = current->die_sib;
5259 die->die_child = next;
5261 prev->die_sib = next;
5268 current = current->die_sib;
5273 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5276 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5278 remove_children (die);
5281 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5284 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5286 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5288 die->die_child = NULL;
5290 while (child_die != NULL)
5292 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5295 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5297 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5299 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5301 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5309 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5310 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5313 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5315 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5317 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5319 child_die->die_parent = die;
5320 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5321 die->die_child = child_die;
5325 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5326 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5329 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5333 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5334 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5335 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5337 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5343 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5344 || (child->die_parent
5345 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5347 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5350 *p = child->die_sib;
5354 child->die_parent = parent;
5355 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5356 parent->die_child = child;
5359 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5361 static inline dw_die_ref
5362 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5364 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5366 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5368 if (parent_die != NULL)
5369 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5372 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5374 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5375 limbo_node->die = die;
5376 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5377 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5378 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5384 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5386 static inline dw_die_ref
5387 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5389 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5392 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5395 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5397 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5400 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5403 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5405 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5408 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5411 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5413 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5416 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5418 static inline dw_die_ref
5419 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5421 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5424 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5427 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5429 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5432 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5436 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5438 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5441 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5443 static inline var_loc_list *
5444 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5446 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5449 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5452 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5454 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5457 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5459 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5462 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5465 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5467 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5471 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5474 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5475 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5483 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5484 we have nothing to do. */
5485 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5486 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5488 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5489 temp->last->next = loc;
5493 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5494 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5501 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5502 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5503 the DIE internal representation. */
5504 static int print_indent;
5506 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5509 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5511 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5514 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5515 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5518 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5523 print_spaces (outfile);
5524 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5525 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5526 print_spaces (outfile);
5527 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5528 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5530 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5532 print_spaces (outfile);
5533 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5535 switch (AT_class (a))
5537 case dw_val_class_addr:
5538 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5540 case dw_val_class_offset:
5541 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5543 case dw_val_class_loc:
5544 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5546 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5547 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5548 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5550 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5551 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5553 case dw_val_class_const:
5554 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5556 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5557 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5559 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5560 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5561 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5562 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5564 case dw_val_class_vec:
5565 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5567 case dw_val_class_flag:
5568 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5570 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5571 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5573 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5574 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5576 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5579 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5581 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5582 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5583 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5585 case dw_val_class_str:
5586 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5587 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5589 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5595 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5598 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5601 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5602 print_die (c, outfile);
5606 if (print_indent == 0)
5607 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5610 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5611 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5614 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5617 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5619 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5620 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5622 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5623 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5624 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5625 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5626 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5627 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5630 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5633 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5636 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5638 print_die (die, stderr);
5641 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5642 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5648 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5649 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5650 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5653 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5654 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5655 they are in order of addition. */
5658 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5660 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5661 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5663 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5665 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5666 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5672 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5679 die->die_child = cp;
5682 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5683 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5684 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5685 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5686 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5689 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5693 reverse_die_lists (die);
5695 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5696 reverse_all_dies (c);
5699 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5700 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5701 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5704 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5706 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5707 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5709 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5713 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5716 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5718 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5720 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5724 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5725 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5727 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5730 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5732 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5733 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5734 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5737 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5740 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5742 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5745 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5747 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5748 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5749 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5750 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5751 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5754 switch (AT_class (at))
5756 case dw_val_class_const:
5757 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5759 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5760 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5762 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5763 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5765 case dw_val_class_vec:
5766 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5768 case dw_val_class_flag:
5769 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5771 case dw_val_class_str:
5772 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5775 case dw_val_class_addr:
5777 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5778 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5781 case dw_val_class_offset:
5782 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5785 case dw_val_class_loc:
5786 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5787 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5790 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5791 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5794 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5795 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5796 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5804 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5807 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5812 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5815 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5818 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5820 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5822 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5823 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5825 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5826 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5830 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5832 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5834 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5836 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5837 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5838 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5841 /* Do the values look the same? */
5843 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5845 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5848 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5851 switch (v1->val_class)
5853 case dw_val_class_const:
5854 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5855 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5856 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5857 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5858 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5859 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5860 case dw_val_class_vec:
5861 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5862 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5864 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5865 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5868 case dw_val_class_flag:
5869 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5870 case dw_val_class_str:
5871 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5873 case dw_val_class_addr:
5874 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5875 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5876 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5878 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5879 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5881 case dw_val_class_offset:
5882 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5884 case dw_val_class_loc:
5885 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5887 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5888 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5890 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5892 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5893 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5895 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5896 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5897 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5905 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5908 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5910 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5913 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5914 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5915 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5916 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5917 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5920 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5923 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5926 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5931 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5933 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5934 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5936 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5939 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5941 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5942 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5947 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5949 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5950 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5958 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5961 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5964 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5966 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5967 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5972 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5974 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5976 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5977 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5979 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5980 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5983 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5985 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5986 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5987 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5990 unsigned char checksum[16];
5993 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5994 the name filename of the unit. */
5996 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5998 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5999 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6000 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6002 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6003 clean_symbol_name (name);
6005 p = name + strlen (name);
6006 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6008 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6012 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6013 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6016 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6019 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6021 switch (die->die_tag)
6023 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6024 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6025 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6026 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6027 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6028 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6029 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6030 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6031 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6032 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6033 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6034 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6035 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6036 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6037 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6038 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6039 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6040 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6047 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6048 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6049 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6050 compilations (functions). */
6053 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6055 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6056 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6057 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6058 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6060 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6063 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6064 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6065 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6066 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6068 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6070 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6073 return is_type_die (c);
6076 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6077 compilation unit. */
6080 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6082 return (is_type_die (c)
6083 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6084 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6088 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6092 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6093 return xstrdup (buf);
6096 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6099 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6103 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6105 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6107 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6109 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6110 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6111 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6114 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6117 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6118 assign_symbol_names (c);
6121 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6124 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6125 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6128 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6130 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6132 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6134 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6138 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6140 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6141 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6143 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6147 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6149 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6159 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6162 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6164 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6165 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6167 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6169 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6170 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6174 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6176 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6182 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6186 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6188 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6189 entry->next = *slot;
6195 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6197 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6199 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6201 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6202 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6206 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6209 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6210 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6211 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6214 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6217 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6218 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6219 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6221 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6223 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6225 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6226 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6228 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6231 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6233 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6236 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6238 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6242 add_child_die (unit, c);
6246 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6247 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6253 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6254 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6258 assign_symbol_names (die);
6259 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6260 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6266 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6267 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6268 &comdat_symbol_number);
6269 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6271 *pnode = node->next;
6274 pnode = &node->next;
6275 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6276 comdat_symbol_number);
6279 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6282 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6283 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6284 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6287 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6291 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6292 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6293 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6294 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6296 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6297 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6300 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6303 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6308 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6309 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6310 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6312 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6313 output_location_lists (c);
6317 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6318 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6319 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6320 die are visited recursively. */
6323 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6325 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6326 unsigned int n_alloc;
6328 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6330 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6331 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6332 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6333 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6334 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6336 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6338 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6341 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6343 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6345 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6347 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6349 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6350 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6352 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6354 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6355 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6358 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6359 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6362 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6368 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6370 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6372 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6373 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6374 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6376 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6377 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6378 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6381 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6382 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6385 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6386 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6387 build_abbrev_table (c);
6390 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6393 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6400 log = floor_log2 (value);
6403 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6408 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6409 .debug_info section. */
6411 static unsigned long
6412 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6414 unsigned long size = 0;
6417 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6418 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6420 switch (AT_class (a))
6422 case dw_val_class_addr:
6423 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6425 case dw_val_class_offset:
6426 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6428 case dw_val_class_loc:
6430 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6433 size += constant_size (lsize);
6437 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6438 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6440 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6441 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6443 case dw_val_class_const:
6444 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6446 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6447 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6449 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6450 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6452 case dw_val_class_vec:
6453 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6454 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6456 case dw_val_class_flag:
6459 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6460 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6461 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6463 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6465 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6466 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6468 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6469 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6471 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6472 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6474 case dw_val_class_str:
6475 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6476 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6478 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6488 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6489 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6490 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6491 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6494 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6498 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6499 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6501 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6504 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6505 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6506 next_die_offset += 1;
6509 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6510 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6511 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6512 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6515 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6519 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6522 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6526 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6529 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6533 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6536 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6540 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6543 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6552 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6553 unmark_all_dies (c);
6555 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6556 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6557 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6560 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6561 compilation unit. */
6563 static unsigned long
6564 size_of_pubnames (void)
6569 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6570 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6572 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6573 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6576 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6580 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6582 static unsigned long
6583 size_of_aranges (void)
6587 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6589 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6590 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6591 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6593 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6594 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6598 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6600 static enum dwarf_form
6601 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6603 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6605 case dw_val_class_addr:
6606 return DW_FORM_addr;
6607 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6608 case dw_val_class_offset:
6609 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6612 return DW_FORM_data4;
6614 return DW_FORM_data8;
6618 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6619 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6620 .debug_loc section */
6621 return DW_FORM_data4;
6622 case dw_val_class_loc:
6623 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6626 return DW_FORM_block1;
6628 return DW_FORM_block2;
6632 case dw_val_class_const:
6633 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6634 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6635 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6638 return DW_FORM_data1;
6640 return DW_FORM_data2;
6642 return DW_FORM_data4;
6644 return DW_FORM_data8;
6648 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6649 return DW_FORM_block1;
6650 case dw_val_class_vec:
6651 return DW_FORM_block1;
6652 case dw_val_class_flag:
6653 return DW_FORM_flag;
6654 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6655 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6656 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6659 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6660 return DW_FORM_data;
6661 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6662 return DW_FORM_addr;
6663 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6664 return DW_FORM_data;
6665 case dw_val_class_str:
6666 return AT_string_form (a);
6673 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6676 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6678 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6680 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6683 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6687 output_abbrev_section (void)
6689 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6693 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6695 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6697 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6698 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6699 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6701 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6706 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6707 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6709 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6710 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6711 output_value_format (a_attr);
6714 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6718 /* Terminate the table. */
6719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6722 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6725 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6727 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6732 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6733 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6734 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6736 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6738 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6741 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6742 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6743 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6745 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6746 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6747 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6749 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6751 retlist->begin = begin;
6753 retlist->expr = expr;
6754 retlist->section = section;
6756 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6761 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6764 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6765 const char *begin, const char *end,
6766 const char *section)
6770 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6771 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6774 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6775 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6778 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6781 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6783 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6787 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6788 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6791 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6793 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6794 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6795 list_head->ll_symbol);
6796 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6797 "Location list end address (%s)",
6798 list_head->ll_symbol);
6802 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6803 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6804 list_head->ll_symbol);
6805 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6806 "Location list end address (%s)",
6807 list_head->ll_symbol);
6809 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6811 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6812 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6813 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6815 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6818 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6819 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6820 list_head->ll_symbol);
6821 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6822 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6823 list_head->ll_symbol);
6826 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6827 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6830 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6836 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6837 them to point to. */
6838 if (die->die_symbol)
6839 output_die_symbol (die);
6841 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6842 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6844 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6846 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6848 switch (AT_class (a))
6850 case dw_val_class_addr:
6851 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6854 case dw_val_class_offset:
6855 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6859 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6861 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6863 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6864 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6865 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6871 case dw_val_class_loc:
6872 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6874 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6875 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6877 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6880 case dw_val_class_const:
6881 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6882 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6883 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6884 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6887 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6888 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6889 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6892 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6894 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6896 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6897 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6900 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6902 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6903 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6907 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6908 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6911 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6912 first, "long long constant");
6913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6918 case dw_val_class_vec:
6920 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
6921 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
6925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
6926 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6931 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
6934 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
6935 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
6939 case dw_val_class_flag:
6940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6943 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6945 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6948 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6952 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6953 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6955 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6958 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6962 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
6963 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6968 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6972 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6973 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6974 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6978 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6979 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6982 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6983 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6986 case dw_val_class_str:
6987 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6988 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6989 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6990 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6992 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7000 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7003 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7004 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7005 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7009 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7010 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7013 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7015 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7016 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7017 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7018 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7019 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7020 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7021 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7022 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7023 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7027 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7030 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7032 const char *secname;
7035 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7036 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7039 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7040 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7041 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7042 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7043 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7046 build_abbrev_table (die);
7048 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7049 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7050 calc_die_sizes (die);
7052 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7055 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7057 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7059 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7062 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7064 /* Output debugging information. */
7065 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7066 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7069 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7074 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7078 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7079 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7080 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7083 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7085 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7088 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7091 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7095 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7098 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7100 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7102 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7103 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7104 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7105 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7108 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7110 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7113 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7114 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7115 visible procedures. */
7118 output_pubnames (void)
7121 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7123 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7124 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7125 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7127 "Length of Public Names Info");
7128 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7129 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7130 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7132 "Compilation Unit Length");
7134 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7136 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7138 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7139 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7141 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7144 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7147 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7150 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7153 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7155 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7158 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7160 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7161 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7162 (arange_table_allocated
7163 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7164 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7165 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7168 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7171 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7172 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7173 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7176 output_aranges (void)
7179 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7181 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7182 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7183 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7184 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7185 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7186 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7187 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7188 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7192 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7193 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7195 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7197 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7198 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7199 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7200 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7203 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7204 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7205 text_section_label, "Length");
7207 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7209 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7211 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7212 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7214 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7216 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7218 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7219 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7223 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7224 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7225 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7226 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7227 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7229 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7232 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7234 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7235 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7236 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7237 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7242 /* Output the terminator words. */
7243 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7244 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7247 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7251 add_ranges (tree block)
7253 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7255 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7257 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7259 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7260 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7261 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7262 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7265 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7266 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7268 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7272 output_ranges (void)
7275 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7276 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7278 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7280 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7284 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7285 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7287 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7288 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7290 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7291 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7292 base of the text section. */
7293 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7295 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7297 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7298 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7299 text_section_label, NULL);
7302 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7303 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7304 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7305 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7308 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7309 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7310 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7317 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7318 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7324 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7327 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7328 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7329 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7330 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7331 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7334 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7338 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7339 int length; /* Path length. */
7340 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7341 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7342 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7343 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7346 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7347 the directories in the path. */
7350 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7352 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7353 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7357 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7358 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7359 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7360 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7361 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7362 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7363 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7365 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7366 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7372 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7373 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7374 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7375 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7376 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7378 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7379 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7384 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7385 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7386 slowdowns with many input files. */
7389 output_file_names (void)
7391 struct file_info *files;
7392 struct dir_info *dirs;
7401 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7402 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7405 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7409 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7410 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7411 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7413 /* Sort the file names. */
7414 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7418 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7419 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7420 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7423 /* Create a new array entry. */
7425 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7426 files[i].file_idx = i;
7428 /* Search for the file name part. */
7429 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7430 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7433 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7434 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7436 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7437 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7438 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7439 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7441 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7443 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7446 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7447 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7448 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7449 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7451 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7452 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7453 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7459 /* This is a new directory. */
7460 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7461 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7462 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7463 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7464 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7465 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7467 /* Search for a prefix. */
7468 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7469 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7470 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7471 && dirs[j].length > 1
7472 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7473 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7474 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7475 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7480 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7481 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7482 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7483 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7484 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7485 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7486 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7487 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7489 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7490 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7495 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7496 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7497 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7498 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7500 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7503 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7505 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7510 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7515 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7516 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7518 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7519 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7524 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7526 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7528 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7529 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7530 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7532 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7533 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7535 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7536 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7541 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7542 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7543 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7544 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7545 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7547 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7549 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7550 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7553 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7554 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7555 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7556 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7557 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7559 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7560 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7561 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7563 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7564 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7565 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7570 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7572 if (idx_offset == 0)
7575 /* Now write all the file names. */
7576 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7578 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7579 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7581 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7582 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7584 /* Include directory index. */
7585 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7587 /* Modification time. */
7588 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7590 /* File length in bytes. */
7591 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7598 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7599 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7602 output_line_info (void)
7604 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7605 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7606 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7609 unsigned long lt_index;
7610 unsigned long current_line;
7613 unsigned long current_file;
7614 unsigned long function;
7616 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7617 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7618 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7621 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7622 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7623 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7624 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7625 "Length of Source Line Info");
7626 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7628 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7629 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7630 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7632 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7633 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7634 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7635 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7636 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7637 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7638 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7639 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7640 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7641 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7644 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7646 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7648 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7649 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7650 "Special Opcode Base");
7652 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7656 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7657 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7658 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7659 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7660 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7672 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7673 output_file_names ();
7674 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7676 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7677 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7678 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7680 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7681 a series of state machine operations. */
7684 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7685 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7687 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7690 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7691 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7694 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7695 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7696 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7697 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7698 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7702 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7704 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7705 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7706 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7707 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7708 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7709 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7711 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7714 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7716 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7717 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7721 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7722 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7724 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7726 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7729 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7731 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7732 different from the previous line. */
7733 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7735 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7738 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7742 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7743 that uses the least amount of space. */
7744 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7746 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7747 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7748 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7749 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7750 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7751 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7753 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7754 "line %lu", current_line);
7757 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7758 depending on the value being encoded. */
7759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7760 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7761 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7766 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7770 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7774 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7775 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7782 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7792 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7794 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7795 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7798 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7799 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7800 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7801 && line_info->function == function)
7805 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7806 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7807 to handle it differently. */
7808 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7810 if (function != line_info->function)
7812 function = line_info->function;
7814 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7816 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7817 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7818 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7822 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7826 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7827 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7832 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7834 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7838 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7840 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7841 different from the previous line. */
7842 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7844 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7845 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7846 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7847 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7851 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7852 that uses the least amount of space. */
7853 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7855 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7856 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7857 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7858 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7860 "line %lu", current_line);
7863 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7864 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7865 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7870 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7878 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7879 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7880 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7885 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7886 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7889 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7890 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7891 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7895 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7896 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7897 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7898 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7901 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7903 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7908 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7909 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7912 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7913 a DIE that describes the given type.
7915 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7916 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7919 base_type_die (tree type)
7921 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7922 const char *type_name;
7923 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7924 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7926 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7931 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7932 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7934 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7937 type_name = "__unknown__";
7939 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7942 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7943 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7944 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7946 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7947 && (type == char_type_node
7948 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7949 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7951 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
7952 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7954 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7957 /* else fall through. */
7960 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7961 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
7962 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7964 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7968 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7971 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7972 a user defined type for it. */
7974 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7975 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7977 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7981 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7982 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7986 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7990 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7991 if (demangle_name_func)
7992 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7994 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7995 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7996 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7997 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7999 return base_type_result;
8002 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8003 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8004 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8005 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8006 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8007 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8008 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8009 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8012 root_type (tree type)
8014 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8015 return error_mark_node;
8017 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8020 return error_mark_node;
8023 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8024 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8027 return type_main_variant (type);
8031 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8032 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8035 is_base_type (tree type)
8037 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8051 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8056 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8070 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8071 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8072 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8073 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8076 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8077 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8079 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8080 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8081 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8083 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8084 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8086 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8089 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8090 emitted as a subrange type. */
8093 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8095 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8097 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8098 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8099 or an enumeral type. */
8101 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8102 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8105 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8106 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8109 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8110 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8111 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8112 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8113 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8114 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8115 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8116 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8118 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8119 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8120 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8121 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8122 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8123 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8124 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8125 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8126 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8127 keep checking the actual size. */
8128 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8129 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8131 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8132 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8134 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8135 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8137 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8144 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8145 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8148 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8150 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8151 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8152 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8153 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8154 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8156 if (context_die == NULL)
8157 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8159 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8160 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8162 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8164 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8168 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8169 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8170 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8173 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8175 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8176 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8177 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8180 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8181 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8182 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8183 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8184 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8185 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8186 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8188 return subrange_die;
8191 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8192 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8195 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8196 dw_die_ref context_die)
8198 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8199 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8200 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8201 tree item_type = NULL;
8203 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8205 tree qualified_type;
8207 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8210 = get_qualified_type (type,
8211 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8213 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8215 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8218 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8220 return mod_type_die;
8223 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8224 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8225 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8226 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8228 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8229 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8231 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8233 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8234 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8235 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8237 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8238 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8239 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8240 type to which it refers. */
8242 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8243 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8246 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8252 else if (is_const_type)
8254 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8255 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8257 else if (is_volatile_type)
8259 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8260 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8262 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8264 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8265 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8266 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8268 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8270 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8272 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8274 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8275 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8276 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8278 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8280 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8282 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8283 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8284 else if (is_base_type (type))
8285 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8288 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8290 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8291 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8292 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8293 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8294 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8296 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8297 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8299 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8300 not the main variant. */
8301 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8302 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8305 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8306 type = qualified_type;
8310 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8312 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8313 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8314 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8315 types are possible in Ada. */
8316 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8317 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8318 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8321 if (sub_die != NULL)
8322 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8324 return mod_type_die;
8327 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8328 an enumerated type. */
8331 type_is_enum (tree type)
8333 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8336 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8339 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8341 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8343 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8345 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8348 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8349 zero if there is none. */
8351 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8352 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8357 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8360 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8361 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8363 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1
8365 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8367 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8370 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8371 a given hard register number. */
8373 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8374 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8377 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8379 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8382 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8383 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8385 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8386 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8390 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8392 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8393 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8395 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8396 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8398 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8405 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8406 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8407 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8413 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8415 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8417 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8420 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8424 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8425 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8426 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8427 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8432 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8434 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8435 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8437 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8439 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8440 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8444 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8447 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8449 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8459 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8461 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8462 || i >= -0x80000000)
8468 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8471 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8473 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8474 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, bool can_use_fbreg)
8476 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8477 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8478 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8480 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8481 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8482 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8484 if (reg == fp_reg && can_use_fbreg)
8485 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8487 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8489 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8494 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8497 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8499 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8500 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8501 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8502 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8505 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8506 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8507 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8508 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8510 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8511 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8512 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8513 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8515 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8516 autoincrement addressing modes.
8518 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8519 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8520 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8521 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8523 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8525 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8526 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, bool can_use_fbreg)
8528 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8529 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8531 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8532 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8533 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8534 zeroth element of the array. */
8536 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8538 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8543 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8544 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8546 /* ... fall through ... */
8549 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8550 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8551 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8552 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8553 contains the given subreg. */
8554 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8556 /* ... fall through ... */
8559 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8560 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8561 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8562 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8563 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8564 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8565 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8566 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8567 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8568 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8569 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8570 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8571 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8572 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8573 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0,
8578 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8580 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8581 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8585 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8587 /* ... fall through ... */
8590 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8591 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8595 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8596 by a different symbol. */
8597 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8600 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8602 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8605 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8606 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8611 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8612 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8613 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8614 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8619 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8620 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8621 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8622 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8626 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8628 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8633 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8635 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8636 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8637 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8638 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8640 /* ... fall through ... */
8644 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8645 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8646 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
8650 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8652 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8655 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8656 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8657 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8658 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8659 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8662 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8663 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8665 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8666 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8671 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8672 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8691 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8693 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8696 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8699 mem_loc_result = op0;
8700 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8701 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8706 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8713 return mem_loc_result;
8716 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8717 This is typically a complex variable. */
8719 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8720 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8722 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8723 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, false);
8724 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, false);
8726 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8729 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8730 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8731 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8732 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8734 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8735 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8736 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8737 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8739 return cc_loc_result;
8742 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8743 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8744 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8745 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8746 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8748 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8750 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8751 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, bool can_use_fbreg)
8753 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8755 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8758 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8759 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8760 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8761 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8762 contains the given subreg. */
8763 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8765 /* ... fall through ... */
8768 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8772 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8777 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8782 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8784 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg);
8788 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8793 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8794 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8795 enum machine_mode mode;
8798 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8799 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
8801 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8802 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8803 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8804 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8806 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8808 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
8810 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8811 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8812 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8813 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8814 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8826 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8827 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8828 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8829 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8830 the value of LOC. */
8832 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8833 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8835 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8836 int have_address = 0;
8837 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8838 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8840 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8841 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8844 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8849 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8850 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8851 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8852 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8853 the names of types. */
8859 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8860 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8861 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8862 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8863 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8867 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
8871 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
8872 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
8875 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8879 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8880 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8884 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8885 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8886 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8889 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8890 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8895 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8896 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8899 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8900 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8901 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8903 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8904 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8912 if (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc))
8913 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc), want_address);
8918 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8920 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8922 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
8924 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8925 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
8926 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
8927 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
8929 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
8931 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8933 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8934 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8935 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8939 enum machine_mode mode;
8941 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
8942 if (want_address == 2)
8943 return loc_descriptor (rtl, false);
8945 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8948 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8951 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
8957 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8962 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
8966 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8967 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8970 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
8975 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8978 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8979 enum machine_mode mode;
8982 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8983 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
8988 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
8990 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8993 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8995 /* Variable offset. */
8996 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
8997 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9000 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9002 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9003 else if (bytepos < 0)
9005 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9006 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9014 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9015 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9022 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9023 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9024 enum machine_mode mode;
9026 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9028 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9029 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9030 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
9035 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9036 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9041 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9047 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9052 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9054 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9055 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9063 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9065 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9066 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9079 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9083 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9084 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9086 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9090 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9091 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9092 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9102 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9109 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9116 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9123 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9138 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9139 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9140 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9143 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9144 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9147 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9161 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9165 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9171 const enum tree_code code =
9172 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9174 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9175 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9176 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9177 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9180 /* ... fall through ... */
9184 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9185 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9186 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9187 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9188 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9190 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9191 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9194 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9195 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9197 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9198 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9199 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9201 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9202 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9203 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9205 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9206 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9207 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9208 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9209 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9213 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9215 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9216 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9220 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9221 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9222 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9223 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9226 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9227 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9228 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9231 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9232 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9237 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9238 if (want_address && !have_address)
9241 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9242 if (!want_address && have_address)
9244 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9246 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9248 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9251 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9253 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9259 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9260 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9262 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9265 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9266 which is not less than the value itself. */
9268 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9269 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9271 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9274 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9275 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9276 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9280 field_type (tree decl)
9284 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9285 return integer_type_node;
9287 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9288 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9289 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9294 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9295 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9296 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9298 static inline unsigned
9299 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9301 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9304 static inline unsigned
9305 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9307 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9310 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9311 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9312 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9313 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9314 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9317 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9318 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9320 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9321 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9322 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9323 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9325 tree field_size_tree;
9326 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9327 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9328 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9330 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9333 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9335 type = field_type (decl);
9336 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9338 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9339 a flexible array member. */
9340 if (! field_size_tree)
9341 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9343 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9344 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9345 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9346 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9349 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9351 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9352 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9353 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9355 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9357 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9358 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9359 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9361 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9362 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9363 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9364 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9365 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9366 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9367 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9368 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9370 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9372 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9373 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9374 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9375 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9376 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9377 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9378 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9379 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9380 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9381 bits of the bit-field itself.
9383 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9384 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9385 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9386 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9387 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9388 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9389 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9390 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9391 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9393 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9394 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9395 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9396 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9397 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9398 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9400 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9401 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9402 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9404 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9405 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9406 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9408 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9409 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9410 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9411 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9413 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9415 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9416 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9418 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9419 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9420 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9421 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9424 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9427 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9428 associated with them. */
9430 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9432 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9433 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9434 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9437 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9438 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9441 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9444 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9445 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9446 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9447 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9448 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9449 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9452 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9453 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9454 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9455 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9456 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9457 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9458 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9459 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9460 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9464 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9466 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9467 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9469 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9471 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9472 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9474 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9475 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9476 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9477 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9479 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9481 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9483 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9485 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9486 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9487 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9489 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9490 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9491 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9493 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9494 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9495 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9497 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9498 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9499 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9500 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9502 /* Extract the offset. */
9503 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9504 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9506 /* Add it to the object address. */
9507 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9508 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9511 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9514 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9518 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9520 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9521 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9522 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9524 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9525 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9526 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9530 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9533 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9536 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9539 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9542 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9546 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9552 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9554 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9555 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9557 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9563 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9569 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9572 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9578 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9579 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9581 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9582 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9584 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9589 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9590 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9591 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9592 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9593 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9596 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9598 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9602 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9605 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9607 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9612 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9613 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9614 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9615 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9617 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9619 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9621 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9622 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9624 insert_float (rtl, array);
9625 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9629 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9630 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9632 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9633 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9640 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9641 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9642 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9643 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9647 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9649 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9650 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9652 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9653 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9655 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9663 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9664 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9671 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9672 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9675 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9676 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9678 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9679 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9684 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9685 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9690 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9691 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9693 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9694 insert_float (elt, p);
9702 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9707 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9713 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9714 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9718 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9719 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9720 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9721 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9722 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9723 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9724 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9725 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9726 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9727 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9728 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9732 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9739 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9743 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9744 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9745 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9747 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9748 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9749 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9750 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9751 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9752 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9753 referenced within the function.
9755 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9756 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9757 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9758 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9760 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9761 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9762 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9763 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9764 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9765 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9767 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9768 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9769 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9770 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9771 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9772 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9773 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9774 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9775 output at debug-time.
9777 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9778 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9779 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9780 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9781 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9782 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9783 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9784 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9785 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9786 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9787 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9788 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9789 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9791 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9792 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9793 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9794 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9795 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9796 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9797 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9798 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9801 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9802 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9803 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9804 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9805 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9806 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9807 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9808 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9809 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9810 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9811 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9813 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9814 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9816 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9817 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9819 if (! reload_completed)
9822 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9824 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9826 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9827 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9829 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9834 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9836 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9838 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9839 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
9840 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
9841 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
9843 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9844 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9845 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9847 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9848 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
9849 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9850 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9852 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9855 else if (MEM_P (inc))
9857 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9858 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
9859 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9860 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
9867 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9868 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9869 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9870 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9871 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9872 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9874 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
9875 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9876 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9877 /* Not passed in memory. */
9878 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9879 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9880 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9881 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9882 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9883 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9884 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9887 /* Big endian correction check. */
9889 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9890 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9893 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9894 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9896 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9897 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9900 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9903 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
9904 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9906 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
9907 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
9909 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
9910 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
9911 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
9912 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
9913 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
9914 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
9916 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9917 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
9920 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9922 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9923 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9924 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9925 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9929 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9930 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9931 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9932 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9934 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9935 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9936 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9937 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9939 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9940 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9941 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9942 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9943 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9945 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9947 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9948 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9949 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9950 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9951 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9952 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9953 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9955 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9956 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9957 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9958 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9959 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9961 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9962 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9963 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9964 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9969 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9971 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9972 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9973 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9975 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9980 /* Return true if DECL's containing function has a frame base attribute.
9981 Return false otherwise. */
9984 containing_function_has_frame_base (tree decl)
9986 tree declcontext = decl_function_context (decl);
9993 context = lookup_decl_die (declcontext);
9997 for (attr = context->die_attr; attr; attr = attr->dw_attr_next)
9998 if (attr->dw_attr == DW_AT_frame_base)
10003 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10004 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10005 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10006 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10007 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10008 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10009 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10010 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10011 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10012 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10015 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10016 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10019 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10020 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10022 struct var_loc_node *node;
10023 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10026 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10027 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10029 can_use_fb = containing_function_has_frame_base (decl);
10031 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10032 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10034 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10036 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10038 const char *secname;
10039 const char *endname;
10040 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10044 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
10045 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
10046 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
10048 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
10050 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10051 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
10054 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10056 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10057 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10059 else if (current_function_decl
10060 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10062 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10063 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10066 secname = text_section_label;
10068 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10069 actually construct the list of locations.
10070 The first location information is what is passed to the
10071 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10072 locations just get added on to that list.
10073 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10074 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10075 the range [current location start, next location start].
10076 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10077 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10079 node = loc_list->first;
10080 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10081 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, can_use_fb),
10082 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10085 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10086 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10088 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10089 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10090 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10091 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10092 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10094 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10097 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10098 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10099 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10101 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10103 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10104 if (!current_function_decl)
10105 endname = text_end_label;
10108 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10109 current_function_funcdef_no);
10110 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10112 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10113 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10115 node->label, endname, secname);
10118 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10119 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10123 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10126 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10127 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10129 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10133 /* We couldn't get any rtl, and we had no >1 element location list, so try
10134 directly generating the location description from the tree. */
10135 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10138 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10142 /* Lastly, if we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10143 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10144 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10145 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10147 node = loc_list->first;
10148 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note),
10151 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10155 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10156 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10157 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10160 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10162 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10163 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10167 if (!TREE_READONLY (decl) || TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
10169 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE)
10171 if (TREE_CODE (init) != INTEGER_CST)
10174 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
10175 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10176 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
10178 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10179 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
10180 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
10183 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10184 the value of the attribute. */
10187 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10189 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10191 if (demangle_name_func)
10192 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10194 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10198 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10201 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10203 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10205 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10208 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10209 a representation for that bound. */
10212 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10214 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10219 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10221 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10222 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10223 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10224 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10225 /* Use the default. */
10228 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10233 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10234 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10235 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10245 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10247 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10248 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10249 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10250 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10251 later parameter. */
10252 if (decl_die != NULL)
10253 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10259 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10260 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10262 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10263 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10265 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10269 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10270 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10272 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10274 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10275 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10276 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10277 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10279 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10285 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10286 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10289 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10291 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10292 unsigned dimension_number;
10295 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10297 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10298 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10299 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10300 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10301 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10302 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10303 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10304 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10306 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10307 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10308 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10309 gen_array_type_die. */
10310 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10311 for (dimension_number = 0;
10312 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10313 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10316 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10318 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10319 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10321 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10324 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10325 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10326 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10328 /* Define the index type. */
10329 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10331 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10332 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10333 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10334 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10335 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10336 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10337 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10340 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10344 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10345 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10347 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10348 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10349 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10351 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10353 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10356 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10357 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10363 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10367 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10372 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10375 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10376 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10379 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10380 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10381 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10382 even for bit-fields. */
10383 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10386 gcc_unreachable ();
10389 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10390 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10391 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10392 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10393 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10396 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10397 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10398 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10401 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10402 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10403 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10404 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10405 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10406 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10408 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10409 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10410 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10413 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10415 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10416 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10417 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10418 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10419 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10420 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10422 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10423 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10425 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10426 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10427 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10428 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10429 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10432 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10434 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10435 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10436 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10437 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10438 below must take account of these differences. */
10439 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10440 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10442 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10444 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10445 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10449 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10450 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10451 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10453 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10456 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10457 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10460 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10462 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10463 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10464 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10466 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10467 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10470 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10471 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10474 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10476 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10477 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10478 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10481 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10482 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10486 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10488 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10490 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10492 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10493 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10494 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10496 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10497 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10501 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10503 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10505 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10508 if (DECL_P (origin))
10509 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10510 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10511 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10513 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10514 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10515 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10516 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10517 than abort, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10518 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10519 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10523 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10526 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10529 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10531 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10533 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10535 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10536 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10537 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10538 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10541 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10542 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10543 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10544 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10548 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10551 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10553 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10554 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10556 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10557 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10560 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10561 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10564 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10568 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10569 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10571 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10572 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10573 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10575 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10576 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10577 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10578 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10579 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10580 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10583 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10584 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10585 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10586 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10588 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10589 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10590 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10595 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10598 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10600 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10603 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10606 pop_decl_scope (void)
10608 gcc_assert (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) > 0);
10610 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10613 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10614 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10615 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10616 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10617 the current active scope. */
10620 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10622 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10623 tree containing_scope;
10626 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10627 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10629 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10631 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10632 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10634 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10637 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10640 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10641 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10642 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10643 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10644 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10646 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10647 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10648 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10650 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10651 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10652 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10653 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10654 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10659 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10660 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10662 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10663 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10666 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10669 scope_die = context_die;
10674 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10677 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10679 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10680 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10681 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10687 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10688 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10691 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10693 return (context_die
10694 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10695 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10696 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10699 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10700 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10701 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10704 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10705 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10707 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10708 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10710 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10711 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10712 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10713 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10714 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10715 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10716 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10718 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10719 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10720 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10721 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10722 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10725 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10726 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10727 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10730 if (type_die != NULL)
10731 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10734 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10735 function call type. */
10737 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10739 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10741 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10743 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10744 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10745 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10746 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10749 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10750 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10751 was declared without a tag. */
10753 static const char *
10754 type_tag (tree type)
10756 const char *name = 0;
10758 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10762 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10763 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10764 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10766 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10767 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10769 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10770 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10771 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10773 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10775 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10778 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10781 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10782 for bit field types. */
10785 member_declared_type (tree member)
10787 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10788 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10791 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10792 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10795 static const char *
10796 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10799 const char *fnname;
10801 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10802 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
10805 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
10807 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10812 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10813 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10814 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10817 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10819 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10820 dw_die_ref array_die;
10823 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10824 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10825 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10826 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10827 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10830 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10831 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10832 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10834 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10836 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10837 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10838 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10839 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10843 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10844 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10845 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10846 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10847 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10848 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10849 for multidimensional arrays. */
10850 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10853 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10854 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10855 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10856 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10857 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10860 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10862 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10863 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10865 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10866 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10867 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10868 add_subscript_info. */
10869 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10870 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10871 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10873 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10876 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10881 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10883 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10884 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10886 if (origin != NULL)
10887 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10890 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10891 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10892 0, 0, context_die);
10895 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10896 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10898 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10902 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10903 emit full debugging info for them. */
10906 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10910 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10911 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10914 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10917 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10919 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10921 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10922 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10923 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10926 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10929 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10931 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10933 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10934 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10935 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10938 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10941 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10943 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10945 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10946 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10947 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10950 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10951 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10952 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10956 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10958 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10960 if (type_die == NULL)
10962 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10963 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10964 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10965 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10967 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10970 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10972 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10973 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10974 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10975 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10979 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10980 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10981 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10982 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10984 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10985 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10986 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10987 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10989 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
10990 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10992 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10993 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
10995 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10996 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10998 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
10999 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11000 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11001 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11002 values as if they were signed. That means that
11003 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11004 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11005 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11006 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11010 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11015 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11016 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11019 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11020 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11021 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11022 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11023 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11024 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11025 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11026 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11029 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11031 dw_die_ref parm_die
11032 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11035 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11037 case tcc_declaration:
11038 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11039 if (origin != NULL)
11040 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11043 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11044 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11045 TREE_READONLY (node),
11046 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11048 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11049 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11052 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11053 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11054 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11059 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11060 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11064 gcc_unreachable ();
11070 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11071 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11074 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11076 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11079 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11080 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11081 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11082 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11085 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11088 tree formal_type = NULL;
11089 tree first_parm_type;
11092 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11094 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11095 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11100 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11102 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11103 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11104 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11106 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11108 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11109 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11112 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11113 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11114 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11115 && link == first_parm_type)
11116 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11117 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11119 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11121 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11124 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11125 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11126 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11127 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11129 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11130 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11131 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11132 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11133 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11134 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11137 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11138 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11139 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11140 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11141 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11144 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11146 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11148 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11149 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11150 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11151 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11153 dw_die_ref type_die;
11154 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11156 push_decl_scope (type);
11157 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11158 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11159 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11160 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11162 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11163 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11164 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11165 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11166 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11168 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11169 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11173 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11179 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11180 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11183 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11185 dw_die_ref old_die;
11188 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11190 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11191 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11193 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11194 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11195 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11198 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11199 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11200 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11202 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11204 gen_type_die_for_member
11205 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11208 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11209 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11210 current_function_decl = decl;
11212 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11213 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11214 if (! was_abstract)
11215 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11217 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11220 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11224 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11226 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11227 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11228 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11232 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11233 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11234 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11236 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11237 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11238 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11239 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11240 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11242 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11243 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11246 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11249 if (origin != NULL)
11251 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11253 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11254 inline function. */
11255 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11256 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11258 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11259 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11263 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11264 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11266 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11267 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11268 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11269 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11270 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11272 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11273 something we have already output. */
11277 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11278 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11279 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11280 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11281 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11282 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11283 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11284 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11285 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11286 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11287 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11288 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11290 subr_die = old_die;
11292 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11293 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11294 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11295 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11296 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11297 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11298 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11302 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11303 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11304 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11305 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11306 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11307 != (unsigned) s.line)
11309 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11314 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11316 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11317 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11319 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11320 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11322 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11323 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11324 0, 0, context_die);
11327 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11328 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11329 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11331 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11332 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11333 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11334 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11339 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11341 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11343 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11344 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11345 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11346 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11348 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11349 later reused to represent definition. */
11350 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11353 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11355 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11357 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11358 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11360 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11364 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11365 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11367 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11370 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11372 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11374 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11375 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11377 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11378 current_function_funcdef_no);
11379 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11380 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11381 current_function_funcdef_no);
11382 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11384 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11385 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11387 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11388 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11389 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11392 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11393 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11394 variables is relative to one of them. */
11395 if (frame_base_decl && lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl) != NULL)
11397 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die, frame_base_decl,
11403 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11404 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11407 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11408 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11409 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11412 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11413 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11414 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11415 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11416 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11417 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11418 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11419 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11420 an ellipsis at the end. */
11422 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11423 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11424 its formal parameters. */
11425 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11427 else if (declaration)
11428 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11431 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11432 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11435 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11436 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11437 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11438 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11440 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11441 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11442 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11443 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11445 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11448 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11449 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11450 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11451 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11452 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11453 parameters at all. */
11454 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11455 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11457 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11458 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11459 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11461 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11462 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11465 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11466 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11467 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11469 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11470 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11471 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11472 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11473 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11474 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11475 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11477 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11478 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11479 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11480 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11481 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11482 constructor function. */
11483 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11485 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11486 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11487 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11489 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11490 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11492 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11493 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11495 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11496 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11498 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11499 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11504 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11505 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11509 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11512 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11514 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11515 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11517 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11518 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11519 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11521 if (origin != NULL)
11522 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11524 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11525 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11527 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11528 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11531 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11532 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11533 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11535 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11536 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11537 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11539 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11540 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11542 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11543 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11545 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11546 != (unsigned) s.line)
11548 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11553 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11554 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11555 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11557 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11558 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11560 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11561 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11563 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11564 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11565 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11566 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11570 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11572 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11573 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11575 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11577 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11578 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11581 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11584 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11587 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11589 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11590 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11592 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11594 if (origin != NULL)
11595 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11597 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11599 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11600 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11603 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11605 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11606 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11607 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11611 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11613 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11614 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11615 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11616 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11617 it if it ever does happen. */
11618 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11621 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11626 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11629 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11631 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11632 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11634 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11636 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11640 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11642 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11645 add_ranges (chain);
11646 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11653 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11654 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11655 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11657 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11658 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11662 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11665 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11668 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11670 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11672 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11673 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11674 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11675 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11676 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11678 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11680 dw_die_ref subr_die
11681 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11682 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11684 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11686 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11687 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11688 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11689 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11690 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11691 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11692 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11695 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11696 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11697 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11698 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11699 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11700 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11701 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11702 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11703 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11704 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11705 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11707 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11710 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11713 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11715 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11717 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11720 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11721 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11722 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11723 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11726 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11728 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11729 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11730 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11733 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11734 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11736 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11737 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11739 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11740 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11741 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11742 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11744 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
11745 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11749 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11750 Use modified_type_die instead.
11751 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11752 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11755 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11758 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11760 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11761 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11762 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11765 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11766 Use modified_type_die instead.
11767 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11768 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11771 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11774 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11776 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11777 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11778 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11782 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11785 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11788 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11789 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11791 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11792 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11793 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11794 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11797 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11800 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11803 char producer[250];
11804 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11807 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11811 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11812 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11813 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11814 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11817 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11819 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11820 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11821 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11822 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11823 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11824 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11825 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11826 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11827 strcat (producer, " -g");
11830 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11832 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11833 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11834 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11835 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11836 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11837 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11838 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
11839 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
11840 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11841 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11842 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11843 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11845 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11847 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11851 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11854 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11856 dw_die_ref type_die
11857 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11859 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11861 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11862 TODO: add string length info. */
11864 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11865 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11869 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11872 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11874 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11876 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11877 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11879 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
11880 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11882 if (access == access_public_node)
11883 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11884 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11885 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11888 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11891 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11894 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11897 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11898 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11899 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11900 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11901 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11902 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11903 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11904 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11905 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11906 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11907 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11909 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11912 VEC (tree) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
11916 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
11917 gen_inheritance_die (base,
11918 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
11919 : access_public_node), context_die);
11922 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11923 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11925 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11926 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11927 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11928 do put them in the right order. */
11930 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11932 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11934 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11937 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11938 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11940 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11941 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11944 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11946 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11948 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11952 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11953 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11954 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11957 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11959 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11960 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11962 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11963 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11964 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11965 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11967 if (type_die && ! complete)
11970 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11971 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11972 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11975 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11977 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11978 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11980 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11982 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11983 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11985 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11987 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11989 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11992 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11994 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11995 then give a list of members. */
11996 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11998 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11999 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12000 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12001 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12002 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12003 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12005 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12006 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12007 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12008 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12010 push_decl_scope (type);
12011 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12014 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12015 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12017 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12019 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12020 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12021 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12026 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12028 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12029 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12030 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12031 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
12035 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12038 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12040 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12041 dw_die_ref subr_die
12042 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12043 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12045 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12046 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12047 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12048 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12051 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12054 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12056 dw_die_ref type_die;
12059 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12062 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12063 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12064 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12065 if (origin != NULL)
12066 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12071 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12072 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12074 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12076 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12077 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12080 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12082 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12083 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12086 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12087 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12090 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12093 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12097 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12100 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12101 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12103 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12106 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12107 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12109 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12110 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12114 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12115 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12116 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12117 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12118 cloned type itself). */
12119 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12120 type = type_main_variant (type);
12122 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12125 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12131 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12132 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12133 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12134 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12135 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12137 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12139 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12140 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12141 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12145 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12146 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12147 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12149 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12150 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12152 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12154 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12158 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12159 /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
12160 gcc_unreachable ();
12163 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12164 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12165 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12166 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12170 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12171 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12172 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12176 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12178 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12179 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12182 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12186 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12189 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12192 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12193 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12194 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12195 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12196 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12197 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12198 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12199 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12200 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12201 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12203 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12205 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12208 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12209 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12210 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12215 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12219 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12220 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12222 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12227 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12228 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12229 when appropriate. */
12238 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12242 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12246 gcc_unreachable ();
12249 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12252 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12255 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12257 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12260 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12261 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12262 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12264 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12266 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12267 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12269 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12274 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12275 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12279 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12283 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12284 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12288 gcc_unreachable ();
12292 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12293 things which are local to the given block. */
12296 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12298 int must_output_die = 0;
12301 enum tree_code origin_code;
12303 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12304 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12307 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12308 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12309 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12310 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12314 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12315 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12320 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12321 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12322 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12323 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12324 the current block. */
12325 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12326 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12328 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12330 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12331 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12332 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12333 must_output_die = 1;
12336 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12337 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12338 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12339 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12340 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12341 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12342 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12343 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12345 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12346 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12347 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12348 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12349 as being a "significant" one. */
12350 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12351 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12352 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12353 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12355 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12356 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12357 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12358 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12359 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12360 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12362 must_output_die = 1;
12368 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12369 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12370 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12371 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12372 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12373 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12374 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12375 if (must_output_die)
12377 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12378 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12380 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12383 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12386 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12387 all of its sub-blocks. */
12390 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12395 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12396 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12399 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12401 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12402 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12403 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12404 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12405 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12409 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12410 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12411 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12412 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12416 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12417 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12419 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12423 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12424 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12427 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12428 therein) of this block. */
12429 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12431 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12432 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12435 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12438 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12440 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12443 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12444 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12445 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12446 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12447 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12448 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12454 /* Returns the DIE for decl or else. */
12457 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12459 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12460 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12461 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12462 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12465 dw_die_ref context_die;
12466 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12469 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12470 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12471 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12473 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12476 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12478 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12480 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12481 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12482 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12483 declaration die. */
12484 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12485 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12486 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12487 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12491 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12492 gen_decl_die() call. */
12493 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12494 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12495 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12496 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12499 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12500 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12504 gcc_unreachable ();
12507 /* We should be able to find the die for this decl now. */
12509 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12510 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12516 /* Returns the DIE for decl or else. */
12519 force_type_die (tree type)
12521 dw_die_ref type_die;
12523 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12526 dw_die_ref context_die;
12527 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12528 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12529 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12531 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12533 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12535 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12536 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12537 gcc_assert (type_die);
12542 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12543 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12546 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12548 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12549 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12550 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12551 /* Force out the namespace. */
12552 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12554 return context_die;
12557 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12558 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12560 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12561 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12564 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12566 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12568 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12571 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12572 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12573 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12574 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12577 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12579 if (ns_context != context_die)
12581 if (DECL_P (thing))
12582 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12584 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12588 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12591 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12593 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12595 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12596 they are an alias of. */
12597 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12599 /* Output a real namespace. */
12600 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12601 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12602 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12603 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12607 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12609 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12610 dw_die_ref origin_die
12611 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12613 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12614 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12615 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12616 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12617 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12618 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12622 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12625 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12629 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12632 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12638 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12639 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12642 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12643 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12644 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12645 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12646 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12651 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12652 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12653 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12654 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12657 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12658 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12659 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12661 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12662 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12663 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12664 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12665 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12666 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12667 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12668 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12669 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12671 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12672 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12675 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12676 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12678 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12679 have described its return type. */
12680 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12682 /* And its virtual context. */
12683 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12684 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12686 /* And its containing type. */
12687 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12688 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12689 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12691 /* And its containing namespace. */
12692 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12695 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12696 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12700 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12701 actual typedefs. */
12702 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12705 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12706 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12707 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12708 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12709 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12710 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12711 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12713 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12717 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12718 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12720 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12721 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12725 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12726 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12731 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12732 variable declarations or definitions. */
12733 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12736 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12738 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12740 /* And its containing type. */
12741 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12742 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12743 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12745 /* And its containing namespace. */
12746 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12748 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12749 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12750 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12752 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12753 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12754 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12756 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12760 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12761 anonymous unions and structs. */
12762 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12763 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
12764 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
12766 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12767 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12772 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12773 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12776 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12777 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12781 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12782 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
12787 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12790 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12792 unsigned int file_index;
12794 if (filename != NULL)
12796 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12797 tree context_list_decl
12798 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12801 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12802 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12803 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12804 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12805 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12809 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12810 compilation proper has finished. */
12813 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12815 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12816 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12817 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12818 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12819 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12820 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12823 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
12824 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
12826 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
12829 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12832 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12835 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
12837 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
12838 dw_die_ref scope_die;
12839 unsigned file_index;
12840 expanded_location xloc;
12842 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12847 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12848 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12851 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12852 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12854 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
12855 else if (TYPE_P (context))
12856 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
12858 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
12860 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12861 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
12862 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12865 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12866 if (!at_import_die)
12868 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
12869 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
12870 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
12872 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12873 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
12875 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12876 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12877 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12879 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12881 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
12882 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
12884 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12888 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12889 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12890 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
12892 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
12894 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
12895 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
12896 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12897 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
12898 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
12901 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12904 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12906 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12908 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12913 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12914 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12915 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12916 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12917 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12918 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12919 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12920 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12921 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12922 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12923 with the definition of the function.
12925 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12926 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12927 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12928 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12929 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12930 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12931 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12932 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12933 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12934 that they *are* definitions).
12936 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12937 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12938 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12939 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12940 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12941 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12944 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12945 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12946 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12947 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12948 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12949 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12950 context_die = NULL;
12954 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12955 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12956 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12957 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12958 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12959 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12960 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12961 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12962 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12965 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12966 variable declarations or definitions. */
12967 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12971 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12972 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12974 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12979 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12980 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12983 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12984 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12985 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
12987 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12988 comparisons have. */
12989 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12990 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12991 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12992 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12993 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12998 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12999 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13002 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13003 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13004 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13005 context_die = NULL;
13013 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13016 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13017 a lexical block. */
13020 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13021 unsigned int blocknum)
13023 function_section (current_function_decl);
13024 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13027 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13031 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13033 function_section (current_function_decl);
13034 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13037 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13038 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13040 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13041 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13042 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13045 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13049 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13050 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13051 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13057 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13058 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13059 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13060 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13061 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13062 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13063 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13064 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13065 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13069 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13072 char *save_file_name;
13074 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13075 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13076 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13079 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13080 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13081 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13084 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13085 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13086 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13087 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13089 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13093 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13094 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13095 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13096 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13097 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13103 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13105 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13107 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13109 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13110 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13111 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13112 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13113 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13114 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13116 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13123 init_file_table (void)
13125 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13126 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13127 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13129 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13130 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13131 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13132 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13135 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13136 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13137 our lookup table. */
13140 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13142 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13143 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13145 static rtx last_insn;
13146 static const char *last_label;
13149 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13151 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13153 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13154 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13155 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13157 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13158 && last_insn == prev_insn
13159 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13160 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13162 newloc->label = last_label;
13166 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13167 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13169 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13171 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13172 newloc->next = NULL;
13174 last_insn = loc_note;
13175 last_label = newloc->label;
13176 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13177 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl)
13178 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13179 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13180 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13183 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13184 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13185 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13186 that hook is called. */
13189 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13191 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13194 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13195 and record information relating to this source line, in
13196 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13199 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13201 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13204 function_section (current_function_decl);
13206 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13207 if (flag_debug_asm)
13208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13211 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13213 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13215 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13217 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13220 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13221 line_info_table_in_use++;
13223 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13224 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13225 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13227 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13229 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13230 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13231 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13233 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13234 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13235 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13237 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13238 separate_line_info_table
13239 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13240 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13241 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13242 memset (separate_line_info_table
13243 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13245 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13246 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13249 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13251 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13252 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13253 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13254 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13258 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13260 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13261 line_info_table_in_use);
13263 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13264 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13266 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13268 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13269 (line_info_table_allocated
13270 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13271 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13272 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13275 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13276 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13277 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13278 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13283 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13286 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13288 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13290 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13291 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13293 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13294 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13297 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13299 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13301 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13303 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13304 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
13305 "Filename we just started");
13309 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13312 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13314 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13315 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13316 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13318 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13320 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13325 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13326 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13327 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13330 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13331 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13333 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13335 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13336 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13338 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13342 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13343 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13344 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13347 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13348 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13350 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13352 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13354 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13355 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13359 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13362 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13364 init_file_table ();
13366 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13367 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13368 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13370 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13371 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13372 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13374 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13375 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13377 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13378 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13379 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13380 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13381 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13382 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13384 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13385 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13386 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13387 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13389 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13390 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13392 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13393 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13394 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13395 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13396 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13397 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13398 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13400 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
13402 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13404 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13405 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13406 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13407 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13409 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13410 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13411 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13412 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13413 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13414 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13415 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13416 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13417 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13418 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13419 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13420 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13422 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13424 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13425 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13426 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13427 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13431 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13434 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13435 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13438 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13440 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13442 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13444 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13445 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13446 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13454 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13455 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13458 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13462 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13463 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13467 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13468 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13471 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13475 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13477 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13479 /* A reference to another DIE.
13480 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13481 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13483 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
13485 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13486 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13487 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13493 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13494 to DIE's children. */
13497 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13501 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13503 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13506 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13507 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13508 if (die->die_parent)
13509 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13511 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13512 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13514 /* If this node is a specification,
13515 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13516 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13517 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13520 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13522 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13523 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13527 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13529 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13530 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13531 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13532 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13534 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13540 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13543 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13547 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13551 switch (die->die_tag) {
13552 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13553 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13554 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13555 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13556 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13557 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13558 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13559 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13560 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13561 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13562 case DW_TAG_friend:
13563 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13564 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13565 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13566 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13567 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13568 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13569 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13570 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13571 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13575 /* Mark everything else. */
13581 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13582 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13584 /* Mark children. */
13585 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13586 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13590 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13593 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13595 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13597 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13600 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13605 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13613 die->die_child = n;
13620 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13623 prune_unused_types (void)
13626 limbo_die_node *node;
13628 /* Clear all the marks. */
13629 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13630 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13631 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13633 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13634 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13635 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13636 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13638 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13639 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13640 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13641 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13642 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13643 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13645 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13646 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13647 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13648 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13650 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13651 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13652 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13653 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13656 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13657 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13660 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13662 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13663 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13665 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13666 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13667 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13668 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13669 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13670 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13673 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13674 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13675 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13676 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13678 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13683 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13684 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13685 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13686 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13688 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13690 next_node = node->next;
13693 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13695 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13698 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13699 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13701 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13702 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13703 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13706 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13707 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13708 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13709 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13710 this to be a child of the containing function.
13712 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
13713 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
13714 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
13715 the function is likely unreachable too. */
13716 tree context = NULL_TREE;
13718 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
13720 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
13721 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13722 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
13723 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13725 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
13727 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13729 add_child_die (origin, die);
13731 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13736 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13738 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13739 emit full debugging info for them. */
13740 retry_incomplete_types ();
13742 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13743 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13744 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13746 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13747 prune_unused_types ();
13749 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13750 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13751 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13752 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13754 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13755 that have children. */
13756 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13757 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13758 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13760 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13762 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13764 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13765 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13766 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13767 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13768 examining the file. */
13769 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13771 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13772 output_line_info ();
13775 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13776 if (have_location_lists)
13778 /* Output the location lists info. */
13779 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13780 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13781 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13782 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13783 output_location_lists (die);
13784 have_location_lists = 0;
13787 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13789 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13791 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13792 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13795 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13796 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13797 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13798 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13800 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13801 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13802 debug_line_section_label);
13804 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13805 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13807 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13808 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13809 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13810 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13812 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13814 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13815 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13816 output_abbrev_section ();
13818 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13819 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13821 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13822 output_pubnames ();
13825 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13826 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13827 if (fde_table_in_use)
13829 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13833 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13834 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13836 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13837 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13841 /* Have to end the macro section. */
13842 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13844 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13845 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13848 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13850 if (debug_str_hash)
13851 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13855 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13856 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13858 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13860 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"